ChTheo/RadioPhotonic_PCB_software
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

applied last changes from version without git

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
feda
2025-03-03 16:06:13 +03:00
parent d0637bb5e6
commit 59dce26129
247 changed files with 440815 additions and 161 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2464
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

997
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,997 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CEC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
* Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
* + Initialization and de-initialization function
* + IO operation function
* + Peripheral Control function
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
(#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
(##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
(##) CEC pins configuration:
(+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
(+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
(+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
(+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
(+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
and receive process.
(#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
(#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
[..]
(@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================================
The compilation define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use Functions HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() or HAL_CEC_RegisterXXXCallback()
to register an interrupt callback.
Function HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Transfer completed callback.
(+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
(+) MspInitCallback : CEC MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : CEC MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
For specific callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated register callbacks
HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback().
Use function HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak function.
HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Transfer completed callback.
(+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
(+) MspInitCallback : CEC MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : CEC MspDeInit.
For callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated unregister callback :
HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback().
By default, after the HAL_CEC_Init() and when the state is HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions :
examples HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() , HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
reset to the legacy weak function in the HAL_CEC_Init()/ HAL_CEC_DeInit() only when
these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
if not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_CEC_Init() / HAL_CEC_DeInit()
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit functions (registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY state only.
Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY or HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET state,
thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_CEC_DeInit()
or HAL_CEC_Init() function.
When the compilation define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
are set to the corresponding weak functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC CEC
* @brief HAL CEC module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (CEC)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
(+) The following parameters need to be configured:
(++) SignalFreeTime
(++) Tolerance
(++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
(++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
(++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
(++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
(++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
(++) OwnAddress (CEC device address)
(++) ListenMode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
* parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
if ((hcec == NULL) || (hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
hcec->TxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
if (hcec->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hcec->MspInitCallback(hcec);
}
#else
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
/* Write to CEC Control Register */
hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop | \
hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | \
hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen | \
hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption | ((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress) << 16U) | \
hcec->Init.ListenMode;
/* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
* Rx Byte Received IT
* End of Reception IT
* Rx overrun
* Rx bit rising error
* Rx short bit period error
* Rx long bit period error
* Rx missing acknowledge
* Tx Byte Request IT
* End of Transmission IT
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
* Tx-Error IT
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
* Tx arbitration lost */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
/* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
if (hcec == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hcec->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hcec->MspDeInitCallback(hcec);
#else
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
/* Clear Flags */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND | CEC_FLAG_TXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXEND | CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
/* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
* Rx Byte Received IT
* End of Reception IT
* Rx overrun
* Rx bit rising error
* Rx short bit period error
* Rx long bit period error
* Rx missing acknowledge
* Tx Byte Request IT
* End of Transmission IT
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
* Tx-Error IT
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
* Tx arbitration lost */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process Unlock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param CEC_OwnAddress The CEC own address.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
if (CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
{
hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress << 16);
}
else
{
hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
}
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief CEC MSP Init
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief CEC MSP DeInit
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User CEC Callback
* To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pCEC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
hcec->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
hcec->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister an CEC Callback
* CEC callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
* @param hcec uart handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
hcec->TxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
break;
case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Register CEC RX complete Callback
* To be used instead of the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param pCallback pointer to the Rx transfer compelete Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, pCEC_RxCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
{
hcec->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister CEC RX complete Callback
* CEC RX complete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
{
hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak CEC RxCpltCallback */
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
* @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
(#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
(#) The communication is performed using Interrupts.
These API's return the HAL status.
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
error is detected
(#) API's with Interrupt are :
(+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
(+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
(#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
(+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Send data in interrupt mode
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param InitiatorAddress Initiator address
* @param DestinationAddress destination logical address
* @param pData pointer to input byte data buffer
* @param Size amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
* 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
* Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
const uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
{
/* if the peripheral isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
already pending due to arbitration lost */
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) && (Size > 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress));
assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
/* initialize the number of bytes to send,
* 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
hcec->TxXferCount = (uint16_t)Size;
/* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
if (Size == 0U)
{
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
}
/* send header block */
hcec->Instance->TXDR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress);
/* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Get size of the received frame.
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval Frame size
*/
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(const CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
return hcec->RxXferSize;
}
/**
* @brief Change Rx Buffer.
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param Rxbuffer Rx Buffer
* @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
* @retval Frame size
*/
void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *Rxbuffer)
{
hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
uint32_t itflag;
itflag = hcec->Instance->ISR;
/* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/
/* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST))
{
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
}
/* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/
/* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, CEC_FLAG_RXBR))
{
/* reception is starting */
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
hcec->RxXferSize++;
/* read received byte */
*hcec->Init.RxBuffer = (uint8_t) hcec->Instance->RXDR;
hcec->Init.RxBuffer++;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
}
/* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, CEC_FLAG_RXEND))
{
/* clear IT */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
/* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hcec->RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
#else
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
}
/* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/
/* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, CEC_FLAG_TXBR))
{
--hcec->TxXferCount;
if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
{
/* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
}
/* In all cases transmit the byte */
hcec->Instance->TXDR = (uint8_t) * hcec->pTxBuffPtr;
hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
/* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
}
/* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itflag, CEC_FLAG_TXEND))
{
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
/* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
/* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hcec->TxCpltCallback(hcec);
#else
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/
if ((itflag & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE | CEC_ISR_TXUDR |
CEC_ISR_TXERR | CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U)
{
hcec->ErrorCode = itflag;
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE | CEC_FLAG_LBPE | CEC_FLAG_SBPE |
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
if ((itflag & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != 0U)
{
hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
}
else if (((itflag & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == 0U) && ((itflag & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR | CEC_ISR_TXERR | CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U))
{
/* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
/* Nothing todo*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hcec->ErrorCallback(hcec);
#else
/* Error Call Back */
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
/* Nothing todo*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @param RxFrameSize Size of frame
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief CEC error callbacks
* @param hcec CEC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcec);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
* @brief CEC control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control function #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
(+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
(+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief return the CEC state
* @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(const CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
uint32_t temp1;
uint32_t temp2;
temp1 = hcec->gState;
temp2 = hcec->RxState;
return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
}
/**
* @brief Return the CEC error code
* @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified CEC.
* @retval CEC Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(const CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
{
return hcec->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* CEC */
#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

516
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
(+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
{
/* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
}
else
{
/* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
}
else
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
}
/* set input data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
/* set output data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
* is properly specified by user */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
__HAL_CRC_SET_IDR(hcrc, 0);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
[..] or
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC handle state.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(const CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Return CRC handle state */
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
uint16_t data;
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
* handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U) | \
(uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
}
/* last bytes specific handling */
if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
{
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
* a correct type handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
}
if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
{
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

232
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
(+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
(+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the generating polynomial
(+) Configure the input data inversion
(+) Configure the output data inversion
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
* @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
/* Ensure that the generating polynomial is odd */
if ((Pol & (uint32_t)(0x1U)) == 0U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
{
}
switch (PolyLength)
{
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* set generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
/* set generating polynomial size */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set input data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set output data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

7152
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

680
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended CRYP HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of CRYP extension peripheral:
* + Extended AES processing functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The CRYP extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#)After AES-GCM or AES-CCM Encryption/Decryption user can start following API
to get the authentication messages :
(##) HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
(##) HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (AES) || defined (CRYP)
/** @defgroup CRYPEx CRYPEx
* @brief CRYP Extension HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#if defined(AES)
#define CRYP_PHASE_INIT 0x00000000U /*!< GCM/GMAC (or CCM) init phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_HEADER AES_CR_GCMPH_0 /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM header phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD AES_CR_GCMPH_1 /*!< GCM(/CCM) payload phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_FINAL AES_CR_GCMPH /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM final phase */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT 0x00000000U /*!< Encryption mode */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION AES_CR_MODE_0 /*!< Key derivation mode only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE_1 /*!< Decryption */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE /*!< Key derivation and decryption only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#else /* CRYP */
#define CRYP_PHASE_INIT 0x00000000U
#define CRYP_PHASE_HEADER CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_0
#define CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_1
#define CRYP_PHASE_FINAL CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT 0x00000000U
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_DECRYPT CRYP_CR_ALGODIR
#endif /* End AES or CRYP */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS 0x02U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in processing phase */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL 0x03U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in final phase this is relevant only with CCM and GCM modes */
/* CTR0 information to use in CCM algorithm */
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0 0x07FFFFFFU
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3 0xFFFFFF00U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
* @brief Extended processing functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended AES processing functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to generate the authentication
TAG in Polling mode
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
they should be used after Encrypt/Decrypt operation.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief generate the GCM authentication TAG.
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Assume first Init.HeaderSize is in words */
uint64_t headerlength = (uint64_t)(hcryp->Init.HeaderSize) * 32U; /* Header length in bits */
uint64_t inputlength = (uint64_t)hcryp->SizesSum * 8U; /* Input length in bits */
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
/* Correct headerlength if Init.HeaderSize is actually in bytes */
if (hcryp->Init.HeaderWidthUnit == CRYP_HEADERWIDTHUNIT_BYTE)
{
headerlength /= 4U;
}
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
#if defined(CRYP)
/* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/*ALGODIR bit must be set to '0'.*/
hcryp->Instance->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGODIR;
/* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
/* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits
in the payload */
if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16U);
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16U);
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
hcryp->Instance->DIN = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
/* Wait for OFNE flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP Peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
#else /* AES*/
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits
in the payload */
if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV((uint32_t)(headerlength));
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV((uint32_t)(inputlength));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16U);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16U);
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
#endif /* End AES or CRYP */
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief AES CCM Authentication TAG generation.
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
uint32_t ctr0 [4] = {0};
uint32_t ctr0addr = (uint32_t)ctr0;
uint32_t tickstart;
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
#if defined(CRYP)
/* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Select final phase & ALGODIR bit must be set to '0'. */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL | CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
/* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO, CTR0 information from B0
data has to be swapped according to the DATATYPE*/
ctr0[0] = (hcryp->Init.B0[0]) & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0;
ctr0[1] = hcryp->Init.B0[1];
ctr0[2] = hcryp->Init.B0[2];
ctr0[3] = hcryp->Init.B0[3] & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3;
if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
}
else
{
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DIN = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
}
/* Wait for OFNE flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
#else /* AES */
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO, CTR0 information from B0
data has to be swapped according to the DATATYPE*/
if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
{
ctr0[0] = (__REV(hcryp->Init.B0[0]) & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0);
ctr0[1] = __REV(hcryp->Init.B0[1]);
ctr0[2] = __REV(hcryp->Init.B0[2]);
ctr0[3] = (__REV(hcryp->Init.B0[3])& CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __REV(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
{
ctr0[0] = (__ROR((hcryp->Init.B0[0]), 16U)& CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0);
ctr0[1] = __ROR((hcryp->Init.B0[1]), 16U);
ctr0[2] = __ROR((hcryp->Init.B0[2]), 16U);
ctr0[3] = (__ROR((hcryp->Init.B0[3]), 16U)& CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __ROR(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr), 16U);
}
else if (hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
{
ctr0[0] = (__RBIT(hcryp->Init.B0[0])& CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0);
ctr0[1] = __RBIT(hcryp->Init.B0[1]);
ctr0[2] = __RBIT(hcryp->Init.B0[2]);
ctr0[3] = (__RBIT(hcryp->Init.B0[3])& CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = __RBIT(*(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr));
}
else
{
ctr0[0] = (hcryp->Init.B0[0]) & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0;
ctr0[1] = hcryp->Init.B0[1];
ctr0[2] = hcryp->Init.B0[2];
ctr0[3] = hcryp->Init.B0[3] & CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
ctr0addr += 4U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = *(uint32_t *)(ctr0addr);
}
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF Flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
#endif /* End of AES || CRYP */
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable CRYP */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (AES)
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Key Derivation functions
* @brief AutoKeyDerivation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Key Derivation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to Enable or Disable the
the AutoKeyDerivation parameter in CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure
These function are allowed only in TinyAES IP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief AES enable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_EnableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = ENABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief AES disable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_DisableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = DISABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AES */
#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* TinyAES or CRYP*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1382
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

516
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Signal generation operation ***
===================================
[..]
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(DAC)
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of both channels.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualStart(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp_swtrig = 0UL;
/* Check the DAC peripheral handle */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, DAC_CHANNEL_1);
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, DAC_CHANNEL_2);
/* Check if software trigger enabled */
if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE)
{
tmp_swtrig |= DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
}
if ((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE << (DAC_CHANNEL_2 & 0x10UL)))
{
tmp_swtrig |= DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
}
/* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, tmp_swtrig);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of both channels.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualStop(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Check the DAC peripheral handle */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, DAC_CHANNEL_1);
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, DAC_CHANNEL_2);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the DAC peripheral handle */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL),
(DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the DAC peripheral handle */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL),
(DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the DAC peripheral handle */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(const DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0UL;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16UL;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
* @brief Extended private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

1269
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

32
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Empty file; This file is no longer used to handle the Black&White
* feature. Its content is now moved to common files
* (stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c/.h) as there's no device's dependency within
* this family. It's just kept for compatibility reasons.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/

3549
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2146
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3172
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3238
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3540
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1040
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1997
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1924
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2897
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

282
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
is prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
STM32F7xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.
[..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
below) may become too short or too long.
In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
(++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) Depending on window parameter:
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
function with exact time base.
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
watchdog counter.
(++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
6 for the timeout value calculation.
The timeout value is calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds.
LSI startup time is also considered here by adding LSI_STARTUP_TIME
converted in milliseconds. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE) + ((LSI_STARTUP_TIME / 1000UL) + 1UL))
#define IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS (IWDG_SR_WVU | IWDG_SR_RVU | IWDG_SR_PVU)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Manage Window option.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if (hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
if ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
register */
if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
{
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
windows register */
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
}
else
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

4166
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_jpeg.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2459
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2221
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

154
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LTDC Extension HAL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED) && defined(HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED)
#if defined (LTDC) && defined (DSI)
/** @defgroup LTDCEx LTDCEx
* @brief LTDC HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions LTDC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param VidCfg pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI video mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarity is inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH */
#if !defined(POLARITIES_INVERSION_UPDATED)
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (VidCfg->DEPolarity == \
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (VidCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (VidCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL;
#else
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = VidCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = VidCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = VidCfg->HSPolarity << 29;
#endif /* POLARITIES_INVERSION_UPDATED */
/* Retrieve vertical timing parameters from DSI */
hltdc->Init.VerticalSync = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive - 1U;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch - 1U;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
VidCfg->VerticalActive - 1U;
hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
VidCfg->VerticalActive + VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch - 1U;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param CmdCfg pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI command mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarities are inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
#if !defined(POLARITIES_INVERSION_UPDATED)
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (CmdCfg->DEPolarity == \
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (CmdCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (CmdCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
#else
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = CmdCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = CmdCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = CmdCfg->HSPolarity << 29;
#endif /* POLARITIES_INVERSION_UPDATED */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LTDC && DSI */
#endif /* HAL_LTCD_MODULE_ENABLED && HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

898
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,898 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief MDIOS HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the MDIOS Peripheral.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The MDIOS HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Declare a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) Initialize the MDIOS low level resources by implementing the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit() API:
(##) Enable the MDIOS interface clock.
(##) MDIOS pins configuration:
(+++) Enable clocks for the MDIOS GPIOs.
(+++) Configure the MDIOS pins as alternate function.
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process:
(+++) Configure the MDIOS interrupt priority.
(+++) Enable the NVIC MDIOS IRQ handle.
(#) Program the Port Address and the Preamble Check in the Init structure.
(#) Initialize the MDIOS registers by calling the HAL_MDIOS_Init() API.
(#) Perform direct slave read/write operations using the following APIs:
(##) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
(##) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
(#) Get the Master read/write operations flags using the following APIs:
(##) Bit map of DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
(##) Bit map of DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
(#) Clear the read/write flags using the following APIs:
(##) Clear read flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
(##) Clear write flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
(#) Enable interrupts on events using HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(), when called
the MDIOS will generate an interrupt in the following cases:
(##) a DINn register written by the Master
(##) a DOUTn register read by the Master
(##) an error occur
-@@- A callback is executed for each genereted interrupt, so the driver provides the following
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(), HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback() and HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
-@@- HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler() must be called from the MDIOS IRQ Handler, to handle the interrupt
and execute the previous callbacks
(#) Reset the MDIOS peripheral and all related resources by calling the HAL_MDIOS_DeInit() API.
(##) HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit() must be implemented to reset low level resources
(GPIO, Clocks, NVIC configuration ...)
*** Callback registration ***
=============================================
The compilation define USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use Function @ref HAL_MDIOS_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
Function @ref HAL_MDIOS_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) WriteCpltCallback : Write Complete Callback.
(+) ReadCpltCallback : Read Complete Callback.
(+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
(+) WakeUpCallback : Wake UP Callback
(+) MspInitCallback : MspInit Callback.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : MspDeInit Callback.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_MDIOS_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak function.
@ref HAL_MDIOS_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) WriteCpltCallback : Write Complete Callback.
(+) ReadCpltCallback : Read Complete Callback.
(+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
(+) WakeUpCallback : Wake UP Callback
(+) MspInitCallback : MspInit Callback.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : MspDeInit Callback.
By default, after the HAL_MDIOS_Init and when the state is HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
examples @ref HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
reset to the legacy weak function in the HAL_MDIOS_Init/ @ref HAL_MDIOS_DeInit only when
these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
if not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_MDIOS_Init/ @ref HAL_MDIOS_DeInit
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY state only.
Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
in HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY or HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET state,
thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using @ref HAL_MDIOS_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_MDIOS_DeInit
or HAL_MDIOS_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
are set to the corresponding weak functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS MDIOS
* @brief HAL MDIOS module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (MDIOS)
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT ((uint32_t)8)
#define MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFFU)
#define MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG ((uint32_t)(MDIOS_SR_PERF | MDIOS_SR_SERF | MDIOS_SR_TERF))
#define MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x100)
#define MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x180)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
static void MDIOS_InitCallbacksToDefault(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions MDIOS Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the MDIOS
(+) The following parameters can be configured:
(++) Port Address
(++) Preamble Check
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the MDIOS according to the specified parameters in
* the MDIOS_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
* @param hmdios pointer to a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for MDIOS module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_Init(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
uint32_t tmpcr = 0;
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
if(hmdios == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PORTADDRESS(hmdios->Init.PortAddress));
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PREAMBLECHECK(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
MDIOS_InitCallbacksToDefault(hmdios);
if(hmdios->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hmdios->MspInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hmdios->MspInitCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get the MDIOS CR value */
tmpcr = hmdios->Instance->CR;
/* Clear PORT_ADDRESS, DPC and EN bits */
tmpcr &= ((uint32_t)~(MDIOS_CR_EN | MDIOS_CR_DPC | MDIOS_CR_PORT_ADDRESS));
/* Set MDIOS control parametrs and enable the peripheral */
tmpcr |= (uint32_t)(((hmdios->Init.PortAddress) << MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT) |\
(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck) | \
(MDIOS_CR_EN));
/* Write the MDIOS CR */
hmdios->Instance->CR = tmpcr;
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MDIOS peripheral.
* @param hmdios MDIOS handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_DeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
if(hmdios == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_MDIOS_DISABLE(hmdios);
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if(hmdios->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit;
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Change the MDIOS state */
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS MSP Init
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS MSP DeInit
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User MDIOS Callback
* To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_WRITE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Write Complete Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_READ_COMPLETE_CB_ID Read Complete Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wake Up Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_RegisterCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, HAL_MDIOS_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pMDIOS_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Return error status */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_MDIOS_WRITE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
hmdios->WriteCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_READ_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
hmdios->ReadCpltCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_ERROR_CB_ID :
hmdios->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
hmdios->WakeUpCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister an MDIOS Callback
* MDIOS callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_WRITE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Write Complete Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_READ_COMPLETE_CB_ID Read Complete Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wake Up Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_UnRegisterCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, HAL_MDIOS_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_MDIOS_WRITE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
hmdios->WriteCpltCallback = HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_READ_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
hmdios->ReadCpltCallback = HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_ERROR_CB_ID :
hmdios->ErrorCallback = HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
hmdios->WakeUpCallback = HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_MDIOS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hmdios->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return status;
}
static void MDIOS_InitCallbacksToDefault(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Init the MDIOS Callback settings */
hmdios->WriteCpltCallback = HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak WriteCpltCallback */
hmdios->ReadCpltCallback = HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadCpltCallback */
hmdios->ErrorCallback = HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
hmdios->WakeUpCallback = HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeUpCallback */
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief MDIOS Read/Write functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the MDIOS
read and write operations.
(#) APIs that allow to the MDIOS to read/write from/to the
values of one of the DINn/DOUTn registers:
(+) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
(+) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
(#) APIs that provide if there are some Slave registres have been
read or written by the Master:
(+) DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
(+) DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
(#) APIs that Clear the read/write flags:
(+) Clear read registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
(+) Clear write registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
(#) A set of Callbacks are provided:
(+) HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback()
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Writes to an MDIOS output register
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param RegNum MDIOS input register number
* @param Data Data to write
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t Data)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Get the addr of output register to be written by the MDIOS */
tmpreg = MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
/* Write to DOUTn register */
*((uint32_t *)tmpreg) = Data;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Reads an MDIOS input register
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param RegNum MDIOS input register number
* @param pData pointer to Data
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t *pData)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Get the addr of input register to be read by the MDIOS */
tmpreg = MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
/* Read DINn register */
*pData = (uint16_t)(*((uint32_t *)tmpreg));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Gets Written registers by MDIO master
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval bit map of written registers addresses
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
return hmdios->Instance->WRFR;
}
/**
* @brief Gets Read registers by MDIO master
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval bit map of read registers addresses
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
return hmdios->Instance->RDFR;
}
/**
* @brief Clears Write registers flag
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param RegNum registers addresses to be cleared
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Clear write registers flags */
hmdios->Instance->CWRFR |= (RegNum);
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clears Read register flag
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @param RegNum registers addresses to be cleared
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Clear read registers flags */
hmdios->Instance->CRDFR |= (RegNum);
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables Events for MDIOS peripheral
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
/* Enable MDIOS interrupts: Register Write, Register Read and Error ITs */
__HAL_MDIOS_ENABLE_IT(hmdios, (MDIOS_IT_WRITE | MDIOS_IT_READ | MDIOS_IT_ERROR));
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles MDIOS interrupt request.
* @param hmdios MDIOS handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Write Register Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_WRITE) != RESET)
{
/* Write register flag */
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Write complete callback */
hmdios->WriteCpltCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* Write callback function */
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear write register flag */
HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
}
}
/* Read Register Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_READ) != RESET)
{
/* Read register flag */
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Read complete callback */
hmdios->ReadCpltCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* Read callback function */
HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear read register flag */
HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
}
}
/* Error Interrupt enabled ? */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_ERROR) != RESET)
{
/* All Errors Flag */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG) !=RESET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Error callback */
hmdios->ErrorCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* Error Callback */
HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear errors flag */
__HAL_MDIOS_CLEAR_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG);
}
}
/* check MDIOS WAKEUP exti flag */
if(__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered WakeUp callback */
hmdios->WakeUpCallback(hmdios);
#else
/* MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt user callback */
HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(hmdios);
#endif /* USE_HAL_MDIOS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear MDIOS WAKEUP Exti pending bit */
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
}
}
/**
* @brief Write Complete Callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Read Complete Callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error Callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt callback
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmdios);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief MDIOS control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MDIOS.
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetState() API, helpful to check in run-time the state.
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetError() API, returns the errors occurred during data transfer.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Gets MDIOS error flags
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval bit map of occurred errors
*/
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetError(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* return errors flags on status register */
return hmdios->Instance->SR;
}
/**
* @brief Return the MDIOS HAL state
* @param hmdios mdios handle
* @retval MDIOS state
*/
HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_GetState(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
{
/* Return MDIOS state */
return hmdios->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* MDIOS */
#endif /* HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3153
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

101
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
* to the user folder.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2229
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1639
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2274
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

204
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) || defined (USB_OTG_HS)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) || defined (USB_OTG_HS)
/**
* @brief Set Tx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param fifo The number of Tx fifo
* @param size Fifo size
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
{
uint8_t i;
uint32_t Tx_Offset;
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
if (fifo == 0U)
{
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
else
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
}
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set Rx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param size Size of Rx fifo
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
{
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Activate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) || defined (USB_OTG_HS) */
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) || defined (USB_OTG_HS) */
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2840
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

873
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
##### Callback registration #####
==================================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
[..]
Use Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
[..]
Use function HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak (overridden) function.
HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
[..]
For specific callback ReadyDataCallback, use dedicated register callbacks:
respectively HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback() , HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback().
[..]
By default, after the HAL_RNG_Init() and when the state is HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (overridden) functions:
example HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (overridden) functions in the HAL_RNG_Init()
and HAL_RNG_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_RNG_Init() and HAL_RNG_DeInit()
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
[..]
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY state only.
Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY or HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_RNG_DeInit()
or HAL_RNG_Init() function.
[..]
When The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
and weak (overridden) callbacks are used.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
if (hrng->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hrng->MspInitCallback(hrng);
}
#else
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hrng->MspDeInitCallback(hrng);
#else
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Update the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return the function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pRNG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister an RNG Callback
* RNG callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Register Data Ready RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param pCallback pointer to the Data Ready Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, pRNG_ReadyDataCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = pCallback;
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister the Data Ready RNG Callback
* Data Ready RNG Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
* @note This function checks value of RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag to know if valid
* random number is available in the DR register (RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag set
* whenever a random number is available through the RNG_DR register).
* After transitioning from 0 to 1 (random number available),
* RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high until output buffer becomes empty after reading
* four words from the RNG_DR register, i.e. further function calls
* will immediately return a new u32 random number (additional words are
* available and can be read by the application, till RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high).
* @note When no more random number data is available in DR register, RNG_FLAG_DRDY
* flag is automatically cleared.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval Random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
if (HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
{
return hrng->RandomNumber;
}
else
{
return 0U;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval 32-bit random number
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t random32bit = 0U;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Return the 32 bit random number */
return random32bit;
}
/**
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
* or CEIS are set.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t rngclockerror = 0U;
uint32_t itflag = hrng->Instance->SR;
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
if ((itflag & RNG_IT_CEI) == RNG_IT_CEI)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_CLOCK;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else if ((itflag & RNG_IT_SEI) == RNG_IT_SEI)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_SEED;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
if (rngclockerror == 1U)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Error callback */
hrng->ErrorCallback(hrng);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Error callback */
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear the clock error flag */
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI | RNG_IT_SEI);
return;
}
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
if ((itflag & RNG_IT_DRDY) == RNG_IT_DRDY)
{
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
if (hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Data Ready callback */
hrng->ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Data Ready callback */
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(const RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return (hrng->RandomNumber);
}
/**
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @note When RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag value is set, first random number has been read
* from DR register in IRQ Handler and is provided as callback parameter.
* Depending on valid data available in the conditioning output buffer,
* additional words can be read by the application from DR register till
* DRDY bit remains high.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit generated random number.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
UNUSED(random32bit);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(const RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return hrng->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the RNG handle error code.
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval RNG Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetError(const RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Return RNG Error Code */
return hrng->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/

1920
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2036
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2558
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

32
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Empty file; This file is no longer used to set synchronization and
* to get SAI block frequency. Its content is now moved to common files
* (stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c/.h) as there's no device's dependency within F7
* family. It's just kept for compatibility reasons.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/

1308
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2934
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

197
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
=============================================================================
##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
=============================================================================
[..]
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
{
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
}
/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
* value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
{
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
}
/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
* @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
*
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2810
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smbus.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1647
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4530
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

112
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_spi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
* @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
data transfers.
(#) Rx data flush function:
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Flush the RX fifo.
* @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(const SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg;
uint8_t count = 0U;
while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
{
count++;
tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1112
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

317
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
*
* This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
* + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
(@) The stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
requiring low power modes
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 99U
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 9U
#define RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL | (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE/1000000U) << 16U)))
#else /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE || RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ;
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable RTC Clock */
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
/* The time base should be 1ms
Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
HSE as RTC clock
Time base = ((99 + 1) * (9 + 1)) / 1MHz
= 1ms
LSE as RTC clock
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768KHz
= ~1ms
LSI as RTC clock
ime base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32KHz
= 1ms
*/
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Clear flag alarm A */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
counter = 0U;
/* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
{
if (counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x01U;
/* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
if ((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Set the Initialization mode */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
counter = 0U;
while ((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
if (counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
hRTC_Handle.Instance->DR = 0U;
hRTC_Handle.Instance->TR = 0U;
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
* RTC_ALARM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
HAL_IncTick();
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
/* Set the Initialization mode */
hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
{
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
{
break;
}
}
hrtc->Instance->DR = 0U;
hrtc->Instance->TR = 0U;
hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
}
/**
* @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

293
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
* incremented each 1ms
* + The wakeup feature is configured to assert an interrupt each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can't be used with low power modes:
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
(@) The stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
requiring low power modes
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 99U
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 9U
#define RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL | (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE/1000000U) << 16U)))
#else /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE || RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC_WKUP as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
= 1ms
* Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1)
= 1 ms
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
{
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ;
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable RTC Clock */
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
/* The time base should be 1ms
Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
HSE as RTC clock
Time base = ((99 + 1) * (9 + 1)) / 1Mhz
= 1ms
LSE as RTC clock
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768Khz
= ~1ms
LSI as RTC clock
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32Khz
= 1ms
*/
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set */
while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
{
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock / 48U))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Clear PWR wake up Flag */
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_WU);
/* Clear RTC Wake Up timer Flag */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
/* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0U;
/* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
/* Configure the clock source */
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS;
/* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
/* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_WKUP_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_WKUP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable WAKE UP TIMER interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC_WKUP interrupt took place, inside
* RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles WAKE UP TIMER interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

176
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* the TIM time base:
* + Initializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
uint32_t pFLatency;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Enable TIM6 clock */
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Get clock configuration */
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
/* Compute TIM6 clock */
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
{
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
else
{
uwTimclock = 2 * HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
/* Initialize TIM6 */
TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+ Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ ClockDivision = 0
+ Counter direction = Up
*/
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0;
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
status = HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
status = HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
/* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority, 0);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable TIM6 update Interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable TIM6 Update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param htim TIM handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

4052
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

794
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_uart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended UART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### UART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
(#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
* @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
in asynchronous mode.
(+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
(++) Baud Rate
(++) Word Length
(++) Stop Bit
(++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
(++) Hardware flow control
(++) Receiver/transmitter modes
(++) Over Sampling Method
(++) One-Bit Sampling Method
(+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
(++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
(++) data logical level inversion
(++) RX and TX pins swap
(++) RX overrun detection disabling
(++) DMA disabling on RX error
(++) MSB first on communication line
(++) auto Baud rate detection
[..]
The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
@endverbatim
Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
following table.
Table 1. UART frame format.
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
|---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
| 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
* parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
* @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low
* @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
* signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
* units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
* @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time:
* 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
* transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
* It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
* oversampling rate).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
uint32_t DeassertionTime)
{
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if (huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
/* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
/* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
}
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Perform advanced settings configuration */
/* For some items, configuration requires to be done prior TE and RE bits are set */
if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
{
UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
}
/* Set the UART Communication parameters */
if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
/* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
/* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode
(+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
(+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
(+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
(+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
(+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
#endif
[..] This subsection also provides a set of additional functions providing enhanced reception
services to user. (For example, these functions allow application to handle use cases
where number of data to be received is unknown).
(#) Compared to standard reception services which only consider number of received
data elements as reception completion criteria, these functions also consider additional events
as triggers for updating reception status to caller :
(+) Detection of inactivity period (RX line has not been active for a given period).
(++) RX inactivity detected by IDLE event, i.e. RX line has been in idle state (normally high state)
for 1 frame time, after last received byte.
(++) RX inactivity detected by RTO, i.e. line has been in idle state
for a programmable time, after last received byte.
(+) Detection that a specific character has been received.
(#) There are two mode of transfer:
(+) Blocking mode: The reception is performed in polling mode, until either expected number of data is received,
or till IDLE event occurs. Reception is handled only during function execution.
When function exits, no data reception could occur. HAL status and number of actually received data elements,
are returned by function after finishing transfer.
(+) Non-Blocking mode: The reception is performed using Interrupts or DMA.
These API's return the HAL status.
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
The HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() user callback will be executed during Receive process
The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a reception error is detected.
(#) Blocking mode API:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle()
(#) Non-Blocking mode API with Interrupt:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT()
(#) Non-Blocking mode API with DMA:
(+) HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR3_UCESM)
/**
* @brief Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode.
* @note When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled
* this clock during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register.
* @note When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source,
* and desired baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Set UCESM bit */
ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Clear UCESM bit */
ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_UCESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* USART_CR3_UCESM */
/**
* @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
* to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
* this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
* long).
* @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
* 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
* @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
{
/* Check the UART handle allocation */
if (huart == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the address length parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
/* Set the address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
}
#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
/**
* @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
* @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
* usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
* @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t tickstart;
/* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
/* check the wake-up selection parameter */
assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
#if defined(USART_CR3_WUS)
/* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
#endif /* USART_CR3_WUS */
if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
{
UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
}
/* Enable the Peripheral */
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
/* Init tickstart for timeout management */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until REACK flag is set */
if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
else
{
/* Initialize the UART State */
huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
* @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Set UESM bit */
ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(huart);
/* Clear UESM bit */
ATOMIC_CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode till either the expected number of data
* is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note HAL_OK is returned if reception is completed (expected number of data has been received)
* or if reception is stopped after IDLE event (less than the expected number of data has been received)
* In this case, RxLen output parameter indicates number of data available in reception buffer.
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @param RxLen Number of data elements finally received
* (could be lower than Size, in case reception ends on IDLE event)
* @param Timeout Timeout duration expressed in ms (covers the whole reception sequence).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint16_t *RxLen,
uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint8_t *pdata8bits;
uint16_t *pdata16bits;
uint16_t uhMask;
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC;
/* Init tickstart for timeout management */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
huart->RxXferSize = Size;
huart->RxXferCount = Size;
/* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
uhMask = huart->Mask;
/* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
{
pdata8bits = NULL;
pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
}
else
{
pdata8bits = pData;
pdata16bits = NULL;
}
/* Initialize output number of received elements */
*RxLen = 0U;
/* as long as data have to be received */
while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
{
/* Check if IDLE flag is set */
if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_IDLE))
{
/* Clear IDLE flag in ISR */
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
/* If Set, but no data ever received, clear flag without exiting loop */
/* If Set, and data has already been received, this means Idle Event is valid : End reception */
if (*RxLen > 0U)
{
huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE;
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/* Check if RXNE flag is set */
if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE))
{
if (pdata8bits == NULL)
{
*pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
pdata16bits++;
}
else
{
*pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
pdata8bits++;
}
/* Increment number of received elements */
*RxLen += 1U;
huart->RxXferCount--;
}
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Set number of received elements in output parameter : RxLen */
*RxLen = huart->RxXferSize - huart->RxXferCount;
/* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode till either the expected number of data
* is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
* to UART interrupts raised by RXNE and IDLE events. Callback is called at end of reception indicating
* number of received data elements.
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC;
(void)UART_Start_Receive_IT(huart, pData, Size);
if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
{
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
}
else
{
/* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
(Overrun error for instance).
In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode till either the expected number
* of data is received or an IDLE event occurs.
* @note Reception is initiated by this function call. Further progress of reception is achieved thanks
* to DMA services, transferring automatically received data elements in user reception buffer and
* calling registered callbacks at half/end of reception. UART IDLE events are also used to consider
* reception phase as ended. In all cases, callback execution will indicate number of received data elements.
* @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
* the parity bit (MSB position).
* @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
* the received data is handled as a set of uint16_t. In this case, Size must indicate the number
* of uint16_t available through pData.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param pData Pointer to data buffer (uint8_t or uint16_t data elements).
* @param Size Amount of data elements (uint8_t or uint16_t) to be received.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
{
if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Set Reception type to reception till IDLE Event*/
huart->ReceptionType = HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE;
huart->RxEventType = HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC;
status = UART_Start_Receive_DMA(huart, pData, Size);
/* Check Rx process has been successfully started */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
if (huart->ReceptionType == HAL_UART_RECEPTION_TOIDLE)
{
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_IDLEF);
ATOMIC_SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_IDLEIE);
}
else
{
/* In case of errors already pending when reception is started,
Interrupts may have already been raised and lead to reception abortion.
(Overrun error for instance).
In such case Reception Type has been reset to HAL_UART_RECEPTION_STANDARD. */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Provide Rx Event type that has lead to RxEvent callback execution.
* @note When HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_IT() or HAL_UARTEx_ReceiveToIdle_DMA() API are called, progress
* of reception process is provided to application through calls of Rx Event callback (either default one
* HAL_UARTEx_RxEventCallback() or user registered one). As several types of events could occur (IDLE event,
* Half Transfer, or Transfer Complete), this function allows to retrieve the Rx Event type that has lead
* to Rx Event callback execution.
* @note This function is expected to be called within the user implementation of Rx Event Callback,
* in order to provide the accurate value :
* In Interrupt Mode :
* - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received)
* - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of
* received data is lower than expected one)
* In DMA Mode :
* - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_TC : when Reception has been completed (expected nb of data has been received)
* - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_HT : when half of expected nb of data has been received
* - HAL_UART_RXEVENT_IDLE : when Idle event occurred prior reception has been completed (nb of
* received data is lower than expected one).
* In DMA mode, RxEvent callback could be called several times;
* When DMA is configured in Normal Mode, HT event does not stop Reception process;
* When DMA is configured in Circular Mode, HT, TC or IDLE events don't stop Reception process;
* @param huart UART handle.
* @retval Rx Event Type (return vale will be a value of @ref UART_RxEvent_Type_Values)
*/
HAL_UART_RxEventTypeTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_GetRxEventType(const UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
/* Return Rx Event type value, as stored in UART handle */
return (huart->RxEventType);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
/**
* @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
* @param huart UART handle.
* @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
* @retval None
*/
static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
{
assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
/* Set the USART address length */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
/* Set the USART address node */
MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3126
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

420
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + IO operation functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG Specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
(EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Typical values:
(++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 54MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
max timeout before reset: approximately 75.85us
(++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 54MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
dividing by 8:
max timeout before reset: approximately 38.83ms
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
*** Common driver usage ***
===========================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from
function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
(+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
(+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
(+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
[..]
When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
not been registered before.
[..]
When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
===================================
[..]
Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if (hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset Callback pointers */
if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
}
if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
* WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Early Wakeup registered callback */
hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

910
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_adc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,910 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_adc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief ADC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (ADC1) || defined (ADC2) || defined (ADC3)
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* common to several ADC instances. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
( ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV6) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV8) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC instance. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
( ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(__SCAN_SELECTION__) \
( ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_MODE(__SEQ_SCAN_MODE__) \
( ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group regular */
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION(__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) \
( ((__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SEQUENCE_CONV) \
|| ((__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_UNITARY_CONV) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
( ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_9RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_10RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_11RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_12RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_13RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_14RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_15RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_16RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_8RANKS) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group injected */
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO2) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH3) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH1) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE(__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISING) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_FALLING) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) \
( ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) \
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
( ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
( ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* multimode. */
#if defined(ADC3)
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \
( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_INTERL) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_ALTERN) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \
( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM) \
)
#endif
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER(__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
( ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_1) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_2) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_3) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_1) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_2) \
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_3) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY(__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) \
( ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_6CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_7CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_8CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_9CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_10CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_11CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_12CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_13CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_14CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_15CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_16CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_17CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_18CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_19CYCLES) \
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_20CYCLES) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE(__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) \
( ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER) \
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE) \
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
* ADC instances state:
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
* must be disabled.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode));
if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()" and "LL_ADC_SetMultiXXX()"): */
/* On this STM32 series, setting of these features is conditioned to */
/* ADC state: */
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
if(__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - common to several ADC */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
/* - Set ADC clock (conversion clock) */
/* - multimode (if several ADC instances available on the */
/* selected device) */
/* - Set ADC multimode configuration */
/* - Set ADC multimode DMA transfer */
/* - Set ADC multimode: delay between 2 sampling phases */
if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CCR,
ADC_CCR_ADCPRE
| ADC_CCR_MULTI
| ADC_CCR_DMA
| ADC_CCR_DDS
| ADC_CCR_DELAY
,
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CCR,
ADC_CCR_ADCPRE
| ADC_CCR_MULTI
| ADC_CCR_DMA
| ADC_CCR_DDS
| ADC_CCR_DELAY
,
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock
| LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
);
}
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC common */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
/* Set fields of ADC multimode */
ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode = LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT;
ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer = LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC;
ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay = LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES;
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
{
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Set ADC group injected trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Disable the ADC instance */
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
}
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
/* (hardware requirements of bits state to reset registers below) */
if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR2, ADC_CR2_ADON) == 0U)
{
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
/* Reset register SR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SR,
( LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
);
/* Reset register CR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
( ADC_CR1_OVRIE | ADC_CR1_RES | ADC_CR1_AWDEN
| ADC_CR1_JAWDEN
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN
| ADC_CR1_JEOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE
| ADC_CR1_AWDCH )
);
/* Reset register CR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR2,
( ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTEN | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTEN | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_ALIGN | ADC_CR2_EOCS
| ADC_CR2_DDS | ADC_CR2_DMA
| ADC_CR2_CONT | ADC_CR2_ADON )
);
/* Reset register SMPR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR1,
( ADC_SMPR1_SMP18 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10)
);
/* Reset register SMPR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR2,
( ADC_SMPR2_SMP9
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP6
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP3
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP0)
);
/* Reset register JOFR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
/* Reset register JOFR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
/* Reset register JOFR3 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
/* Reset register JOFR4 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
/* Reset register HTR */
SET_BIT(ADCx->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT);
/* Reset register LTR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT);
/* Reset register SQR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR1,
( ADC_SQR1_L
| ADC_SQR1_SQ16
| ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13)
);
/* Reset register SQR2 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR2,
( ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10
| ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7)
);
/* Reset register SQR3 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR3,
( ADC_SQR3_SQ6 | ADC_SQR3_SQ5 | ADC_SQR3_SQ4
| ADC_SQR3_SQ3 | ADC_SQR3_SQ2 | ADC_SQR3_SQ1)
);
/* Reset register JSQR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JSQR,
( ADC_JSQR_JL
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 )
);
/* Reset register DR */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
/* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
/* Reset register CCR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_TSVREFE | ADC_CCR_ADCPRE);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
* Affects both group regular and group injected (availability
* of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC instance */
/* - Set ADC data resolution */
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_RES
| ADC_CR1_SCAN
,
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
| ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode
);
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_ALIGN
,
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
/* Enable scan mode to have a generic behavior with ADC of other */
/* STM32 families, without this setting available: */
/* ADC group regular sequencer and ADC group injected sequencer depend */
/* only of their own configuration. */
ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode = LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "REG").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
/* ADC group regular continuous mode and discontinuous mode */
/* can not be enabled simultenaeously */
assert_param((ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)
|| (ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group regular */
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
,
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
);
}
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_EXTEN
| ADC_CR2_CONT
| ADC_CR2_DMA
| ADC_CR2_DDS
,
(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource & ADC_CR2_EXTSEL)
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
);
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction */
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
/* this parameter is discarded. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group injected.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "INJ").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group injected sequencer:
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks().
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group injected */
/* - Set ADC group injected trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or */
/* from ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
/* ADC conversion. */
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
,
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
,
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
);
}
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
| ADC_CR2_JEXTEN
,
(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource & ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL)
);
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
/* this parameter is discarded. */
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
{
/* Set ADC_INJ_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group injected */
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* ADC1 || ADC2 || ADC3 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

103
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_crc.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (CRC)
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param CRCx CRC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(const CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
if (CRCx == CRC)
{
/* Force CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
/* Release CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (CRC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

268
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_dac.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_dac.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(DAC)
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \
(((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
|| ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
(((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__, __WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
( (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
&& (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0)) \
) \
||(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
&& (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)) \
) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
(((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(const DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
/* Force reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
/* Release reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of DAC channel.
* @note @ref LL_DAC_Init() aims to ease basic configuration of a DAC channel.
* Leaving it ready to be enabled and output:
* a level by calling one of
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
* or one of the supported autogenerated wave.
* @note This function allows configuration of:
* - Output mode
* - Trigger
* - Wave generation
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
* is conditioned to DAC state:
* DAC channel must be disabled.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2
* @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, const LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration,
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* DAC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of DAC channel: */
/* - TriggerSource */
/* - WaveAutoGeneration */
/* - OutputBuffer */
/* - OutputMode */
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_MAMP1
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
/* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
/* set anyway to its default value. */
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

645
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA2D LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA2D)
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Constants DMA2D Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define LL_DMA2D_COLOR 0xFFU /*!< Maximum output color setting */
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES DMA2D_NLR_NL /*!< Maximum number of lines */
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS (DMA2D_NLR_PL >> DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) /*!< Maximum number of pixels per lines */
#define LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX 0x3FFFU /*!< Maximum output line offset expressed in pixels */
#define LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX 0xFFU /*!< Maximum CLUT size */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(GREEN) ((GREEN) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(RED) ((RED) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(BLUE) ((BLUE) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(ALPHA) ((ALPHA) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(LINES) ((LINES) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXELS) ((PIXELS) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS)
#if defined (DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(ALPHA) (((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR) || \
((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(RBSWAP) (((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR) || \
((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP))
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB4444) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL88) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L4) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A4))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(CLUTCMODE) (((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(SIZE) ((SIZE) <= LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_EF_Init_Functions Initialization and De-initialization Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize DMA2D registers (registers restored to their default values).
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA2D registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
if (DMA2Dx == DMA2D)
{
/* Force reset of DMA2D clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
/* Release reset of DMA2D clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize DMA2D registers according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_InitStruct.
* @note DMA2D transfers must be disabled to set initialization bits in configuration registers,
* otherwise ERROR result is returned.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are initialized according to DMA2D_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Issue occurred during DMA2D registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef dma2d_colorstruct;
uint32_t tmp;
uint32_t tmp1;
uint32_t tmp2;
uint32_t regMask;
uint32_t regValue;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset));
#if defined (DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
/* DMA2D transfers must be disabled to configure bits in initialization registers */
tmp = LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing(DMA2Dx);
tmp1 = LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
tmp2 = LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
if ((tmp == 0U) && (tmp1 == 0U) && (tmp2 == 0U))
{
/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_SetMode(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode);
/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
regMask = DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM;
regValue = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
regMask |= (DMA2D_OPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_OPFCCR_AI);
regValue |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode);
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->OPFCCR, regMask, regValue);
/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset);
/* DMA2D NLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines);
/* DMA2D OMAR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress);
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
dma2d_colorstruct.ColorMode = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputBlue = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputGreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputRed = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputAlpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha;
LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2Dx, &dma2d_colorstruct);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* If DMA2D transfers are not disabled, return ERROR */
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_StructInit(LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA2D_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M;
DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
}
/**
* @brief Configure the foreground or background according to the specified parameters
* in the LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified layer.
* @param LayerIdx DMA2D Layer index.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* 0(background) / 1(foreground)
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha));
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
if (LayerIdx == 0U)
{
/* Configure the background memory address */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
/* Configure the background line offset */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
/* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | \
DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
#else
/* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
/* Configure the background color */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
/* Configure the background CLUT memory address */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
}
else
{
/* Configure the foreground memory address */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
/* Configure the foreground line offset */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
/* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | \
DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
#else
/* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
/* Configure the foreground color */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
/* Configure the foreground CLUT memory address */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
}
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit(LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg)
{
/* Set DMA2D_LayerCfg fields to default values */
DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode = LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
}
/**
* @brief Initialize DMA2D output color register according to the specified parameters
* in DMA2D_ColorStruct.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_ColorStruct pointer to a LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef structure that contains
* the color configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef *DMA2D_ColorStruct)
{
uint32_t outgreen;
uint32_t outred;
uint32_t outalpha;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 24U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 11U;
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 10U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 15U;
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 4U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 8U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 12U;
}
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor(DMA2Dx, (outgreen | outred | DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue | outalpha));
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Blue color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Blue color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFU));
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Green color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Green color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7E0U) >> 5U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x3E0U) >> 5U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF0U) >> 4U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Red color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Red color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF800U) >> 11U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7C00U) >> 10U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF00U) >> 8U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Alpha color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Alpha color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF000000U) >> 24U);
}
else if ((ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565))
{
color = 0x0U;
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x8000U) >> 15U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF000U) >> 12U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Configure DMA2D transfer size.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param NbrOfLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
* @param NbrOfPixelsPerLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines, uint32_t NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
{
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->NLR, (DMA2D_NLR_PL | DMA2D_NLR_NL), \
((NbrOfPixelsPerLines << DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) | NbrOfLines));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (DMA2D) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

1092
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

242
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3) || defined (I2C4)
/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(const I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
}
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
}
else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
}
#if defined(I2C4)
else if (I2Cx == I2C4)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C4);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C4);
}
#endif /* I2C4 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, const LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
/* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
/* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
* - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
* - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
* Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
* - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
* I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
/* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
* - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
* - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
*/
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
/* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
{
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
}
/*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
* Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
* - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
* after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
* - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
*/
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 || I2C4 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

297
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPTIM LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPTIM1)
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Functions LPTIM Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit(const LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
if (LPTIMx == LPTIM1)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
}
else
{
result = ERROR;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default
* value.
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_StructInit(LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource = LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
* @note LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
* @note LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function @ref LL_LPTIM_Disable().
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer Instance
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
* - ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx, const LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity));
/* The LPTIMx_CFGR register must only be modified when the LPTIM is disabled
(ENABLE bit is reset to 0).
*/
if (LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled(LPTIMx) == 1UL)
{
result = ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Set CKSEL bitfield according to ClockSource value */
/* Set PRESC bitfield according to Prescaler value */
/* Set WAVE bitfield according to Waveform value */
/* Set WAVEPOL bitfield according to Polarity value */
MODIFY_REG(LPTIMx->CFGR,
(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL),
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity);
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the LPTIM instance
* @rmtoll CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_Disable
* @param LPTIMx Low-Power Timer instance
* @note The following sequence is required to solve LPTIM disable HW limitation.
* Please check Errata Sheet ES0335 for more details under "MCU may remain
* stuck in LPTIM interrupt when entering Stop mode" section.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_Disable(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clock;
uint32_t tmpclksource = 0;
uint32_t tmpIER;
uint32_t tmpCFGR;
uint32_t tmpCMP;
uint32_t tmpARR;
uint32_t primask_bit;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
/* Enter critical section */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__set_PRIMASK(1) ;
/********** Save LPTIM Config *********/
/* Save LPTIM source clock */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Save LPTIM configuration registers */
tmpIER = LPTIMx->IER;
tmpCFGR = LPTIMx->CFGR;
tmpCMP = LPTIMx->CMP;
tmpARR = LPTIMx->ARR;
/************* Reset LPTIM ************/
(void)LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIMx);
/********* Restore LPTIM Config *******/
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL))
{
/* Force LPTIM source kernel clock from APB */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
default:
break;
}
if (tmpCMP != 0UL)
{
/* Restore CMP and ARR registers (LPTIM should be enabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->CMP = tmpCMP;
/* Polling on CMP write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx);
}
if (tmpARR != 0UL)
{
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->ARR = tmpARR;
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
/* Polling on ARR write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx);
}
/* Restore LPTIM source kernel clock */
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(tmpclksource);
}
/* Restore configuration registers (LPTIM should be disabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR &= ~(LPTIM_CR_ENABLE);
LPTIMx->IER = tmpIER;
LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpCFGR;
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPTIM1 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

85
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PWR)
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
/* Force reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
/* Release reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
WRITE_REG(PWR->CR2, (PWR_CR2_CWUPF1 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF2 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF3 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF4 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF5 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF6));
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

103
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_rng.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rng.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit(const RNG_TypeDef *RNGx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
if (RNGx == RNG)
{
/* Enable RNG reset state */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
/* Release RNG from reset state */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

841
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RTC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h"
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_cortex.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RTC)
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Default values used for prescaler */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x0000007FU
#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x000000FFU
/* Values used for timeout */
#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__MONTH__) (((__MONTH__) >= 1U) && ((__MONTH__) <= 12U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
* @note This function does not reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
* registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
/* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
/* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR, 0x00000000U);
/* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAMPCR, 0x00000000U);
/* Reset Option register */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, OR, 0x00000000U);
/* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
* in RTC_InitStruct.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
* @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
* initialization mode only.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Set Hour Format */
LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
/* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current time.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
* the time configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
/* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current date.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
* the date configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
{
RTC_DateStruct->Month = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU;
}
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
/* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U;
RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm A.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm B.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
* - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
{
/* Set the Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout --;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
* counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
* synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after calendar
* initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
* the software must first clear the RSF flag.
* The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
* the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
* correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Clear RSF flag */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
/* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(RTC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

2396
Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff